DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Merge branch 'master' into justplainjane47-tc-create-1

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-11-14 15:36:02 +00:00
parent 7c2ca8633b e530ae07bb
commit 7fcbe64bec
3 changed files with 351 additions and 288 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

134
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
View File

@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatti
MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon.
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**.
MAT 1 11 v2im figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 12 y7cx figs-explicit μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 of Mary, by whom Jesus was born If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 16 wdbo translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1223,78 +1223,74 @@ MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fish
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who therefore is greatest Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 would become like little children Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest Alternate translation: “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 5 ik3r ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 in my name receives me Jesus means that receiving the child is the same as welcoming Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 6 w3uz μύλος 1 a millstone A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 1 f7zv figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 General Information: Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “If you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 18 3 h9w4 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 would become like little children Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child, who does not care about being the greatest but obey Jesus, they would not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 4 rw2n figs-genericnoun ὅστις 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 5 v4a2 figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν 1 The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 18 5 i9ju figs-explicit δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who acts like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean "because he is my disciple". If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 6 dxd2 figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The word **stumble** usually refers to someone tripping over an object. Here, **stumble** is used to refer to someone who sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But whoever causes one of these little ones … to stop believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 6 w3uz translate-unknown μύλος 1 a millstone A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Jesus is using the term **world** to mean the people who live in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come A **stumbling block** is something that causes people to trip and fall. Here, it is referring to people who cause others to sin. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who cause others to sin … people who cause others to sin … to the person who causes other people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus says **Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 8 rios figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει 1 Here, **stumble** means to cause to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 8 pc4d figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Here, Jesus says **life** to refer to eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life with God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you Jesus says **And if your eye causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw {it} away from you** here to emphasize the importance of trying to get rid of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 9 xruf figs-personification εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus speaks of an **eye** as if it were able to cause a person to stumble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you see things with your eyes that cause you to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble See how you translated **stumble** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that Alternate translation: “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
MAT 18 10 e9uf μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 you would not despise one of these little ones If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not despise**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones” or “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant”
MAT 18 10 j4l5 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This phrase add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 13 hk59 figs-you ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish Alternate translation: “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
MAT 18 9 m8as figs-explicit εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life See how you translated **life** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 10 qnc6 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε 1 See that Here, **See** is an idiom that means “be sure that”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 18 10 e9uf ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 you would not despise one of these little ones See how you translated **little ones** in [18:6](../18/06.md).
MAT 18 10 geci figs-doublenegatives μὴ καταφρονήσητε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “you would treat well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 always look on the face of my Father Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 12 h1vu figs-genericnoun τινι ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 14 kcy2 figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people are wandering from him and are brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not wanted any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Here, **your brother** refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother Alternate translation: “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 14 kyw7 figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 15 kpe2 translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Here the term **brother** specifically means fellow believers that are like brothers in a family. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 18 15 uyk4 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if a fellow believer sins against you. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer sins against you. Then you should go to him and reprove him between just you and him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT 18 15 yh3t figs-hypo ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain the importance of reconciling fellow believers. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he listens to you.The. you have gained your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 16 xv1w figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse to listen to them Alternate translation: “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the church Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers”
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 16 oea6 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι, ἕνα ἢ δύο 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what to do if someone who sins against you does not listen to you when you tell them that they are sinning. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose they do not listen. Then you should bring one or two other people with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT 18 16 xv1w figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 16 kbrk grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “In order that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every accusation might stand, bring one or two people with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse to listen to them Translate the hypothetical phrases **if he refuses to listen to them, speak to the church** and **if he also refuses to listen to the church, let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector** the way that you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAT 18 17 kx28 figs-simile ἔστω σοι τῆς ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 the church Here, Jesus is comparing the person who does not listen to a Gentile and a tax collector. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state what this means explicitly. Alternate translation: “treat them like a Gentile or a tax collector who is not a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you … you may bind … you may release All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metonymy ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 18 qrfh figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask … for them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together Alternate translation: “meeting together”
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves Alternate translation: “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 one was brought to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-numbers μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents Alternate translation: “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 18 24 bihe translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents A “talent” was equal to one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before This shows that the **slave** approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 was bowing down before him Alternate translation: “was bowing down before the king”
MAT 18 27 j5vp σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having felt compassion Alternate translation: “feeling compassion for the slave”
MAT 18 27 vn7l ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν 1 released him Alternate translation: “let him go”
MAT 18 28 zyie translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 one hundred denarii Alternate translation: “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 28 uy32 κρατήσας αὐτὸν 1 having grasped him Alternate translation: “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
MAT 18 28 b7u9 κρατήσας 1 having grasped Alternate translation: “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
MAT 18 29 i21c translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you … you may bind … you may release See how you translated the similar phrase **whatever you bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on the earth will be released in heaven** in [16:19](../16/19.md)
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you Here, Jesus implies not just **two**, but two or more people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If two or more of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 19 fqu2 figs-activepassive γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my father will do it for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Jesus is using the term **name** to mean himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 22 gtfc grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλὰ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. Jesus is using this number to mean a number so high that one cannot count. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can use a very large number used for exaggeration in your language. Or you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more times than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to** introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 18 23 bp72 figs-explicit συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves Here, to **settle accounts** means to look at how much each person owes him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to figure out how much his debtors owed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ ὀφειλέτης 1 one was brought to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone brought one of the debtors to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-numbers μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents A **talent** was worth about a days wage. **10,000 talents** would have been an extremely large amount of money. Jesus used this large amount on purpose to show that it was an unpayable amount of debt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an unpayable amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 26 pbcc figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT 18 28 zyie translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 one hundred denarii You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 day's wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 29 i21c translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 29 kk6i figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 having gone out, he threw him into prison Alternate translation: “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
MAT 18 31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 his fellow slaves Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 they fully explained to their master Alternate translation: “they told the king”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

335
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
View File

@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ LUK 10 2 ju6z figs-metaphor ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δ
LUK 10 2 l555 figs-exmetaphor τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 the Lord of the harvest Jesus continues to speak and extends his metaphor by describing God as **the Lord of the harvest**. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 10 2 l556 figs-exmetaphor ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ 1 that he would send out laborers into his harvest Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as **laborers** in the **harvest**. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 10 3 x732 figs-explicit ὑπάγετε 1 Go If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 3 l557 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 3 l557 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 3 u8h7 figs-simile ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 10 3 l558 translate-unknown ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves Jesus’ disciples would have known that **lambs** are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that **wolves** are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 10 3 l559 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, **you** is plural here and through [10:12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1667,38 +1667,38 @@ LUK 10 12 hhl1 λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 I say to you that Jesus says this
LUK 10 12 l568 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 on that day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 10 12 m7ch figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 on that day Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 12 qg62 figs-metonymy Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city Jesus uses the name of the city, **Sodom**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 12 l569 figs-explicit Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 12 l569 figs-explicit Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of **Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 13 sf42 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is speaking to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
LUK 10 13 l570 figs-idiom οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 10 13 l571 figs-metonymy οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 13 l572 figs-you οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 13 l576 translate-names Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon **Tyre** and **Sidon** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 10 15 l584 translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum **Capernaum** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is not going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down as far as Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 16 i786 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει 1 The one who listens to you listens to me You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 16 q56b figs-metaphor ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ 1 the one who rejects you rejects me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 16 g3fx figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 16 g3fx figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 3 the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 16 eus8 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 17 m7nh figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 then the 72 returned Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 17 prj8 translate-textvariants ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 72 As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ LUK 10 17 cx7b figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name T
LUK 10 18 a37w figs-simile ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 10 18 v8fl figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 fall from heaven While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 18 l590 translate-names Σατανᾶν 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **Behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 19 l592 translate-unknown ὄφεων 1 snakes In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 10 19 mla6 translate-unknown σκορπίων 1 scorpions The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1725,15 +1725,15 @@ LUK 10 21 n6xb figs-extrainfo ταῦτα 1 these things Jesus is likely using t
LUK 10 21 l598 figs-nominaladj σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 10 21 i2zf figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
LUK 10 21 l599 figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 infants **Infants** refers to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 infants The phrase **little children** refers to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 21 nm6t figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 before you Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son … the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows … who the Father is except the Son If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 knows … who the Father is Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son … the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows … who the Father is except the Son If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει 1 knows … who the Father is Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with”
LUK 10 22 evw3 ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 to whomever the Son desires to reveal him Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
LUK 10 23 yd5s figs-explicit καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν 1 And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 23 l601 figs-synecdoche μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε 1 Blessed are the eyes that see what you see Jesus is using the term **eyes** to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ LUK 10 24 q61s figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 what you hear The phrase **wh
LUK 10 24 mb4b figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 and did not hear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 25 l602 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-participants νομικός τις 1 a certain lawyer Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός 1 lawyer See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός τις 1 lawyer See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 10 25 l604 translate-symaction ἀνέστη 1 stood up By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 10 25 c6ac ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν 1 to test him Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
LUK 10 25 l605 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ LUK 10 26 l607 figs-parallelism ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?
LUK 10 26 m2nl figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? 1 What is written in the law? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 26 a8nt figs-idiom πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις? 1 How do you read it? This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 10 27 l608 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 And answering he said Together **answering** and **said** mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 10 27 l609 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **you** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 10 27 l609 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **You** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 10 27 hxk1 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 10 27 fzb6 figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your mind Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
LUK 10 27 l610 figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul The words **heart** and **soul** represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1794,11 +1794,11 @@ LUK 10 35 nu6t τῷ πανδοχεῖ 1 the inn-keeper Alternate translation:
LUK 10 35 f5dz figs-hypo ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι 1 whatever more you might spend, when I return, I will repay you The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 10 36 pa6a τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς? 1 Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one who fell among the robbers? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
LUK 10 36 v31w πλησίον…γεγονέναι 1 became a neighbor Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
LUK 10 36 kv4z figs-idiom τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς 1 the one who fell among the robbers As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 10 36 kv4z figs-idiom τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς 1 the one who fell among the robbers As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-explicit πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως 1 You go and do likewise The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 38 l622 translate-names Μάρθα 1 Martha **Martha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 39 l624 figs-activepassive καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 called Mary If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1813,35 +1813,35 @@ LUK 10 41 l628 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτ
LUK 10 41 l629 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 10 41 dsw3 Μάρθα, Μάρθα 1 Martha, Martha Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
LUK 10 41 l630 figs-doublet μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are anxious and troubled about many things The terms **anxious** and **troubled** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 10 41 l631 figs-activepassive θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are … troubled about many things If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **are … troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-hyperbole ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 10 41 l631 figs-activepassive μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά 1 you are … troubled about many things If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **you are anxious and troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are anxious and letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-hyperbole ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary Jesus says **one {thing}** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 10 42 l632 figs-explicit ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία 1 but one thing is necessary The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 42 l633 Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο 1 Mary has chosen the good part While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
LUK 10 42 l633 Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο 1 Mary has chosen the good part While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one {thing}” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
LUK 10 42 nzn8 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς 1 which will not be taken away from her If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 intro j6le 0 # Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2–4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
LUK 11 1 fl3j writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 1 l635 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 John This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 1 l635 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 John This disciple is referring to **John** the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 2 n3pz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as **Father** when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
LUK 11 2 l636 figs-explicit ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy Jesus is not saying that God’s **name** is not already **holy** in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s **name**. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 2 l637 figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 2 b6sr figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be made holy The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 2 tm1a figs-abstractnouns ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the **kingdom** of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 11 2 tm1a figs-abstractnouns ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come See how you decided to translate the phrase “the kingdom of God” in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the **kingdom** of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 11 2 l638 figs-youformal σου 1 your Here, **your** is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for **your** in its two instances here and for **you** in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
LUK 11 3 q89w figs-imperative δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 11 3 l639 figs-exclusive δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 11 3 s6qp figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 our daily bread Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us … may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us … may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 11 4 wi99 figs-metaphor παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν 1 everyone who owes us Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 may you not lead us into temptation You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
LUK 11 5 l640 figs-hypo τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου 1 Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 11 5 l641 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 and say to him, Friend, lend three loaves to me If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 11 5 y1s9 χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 lend three loaves to me Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
LUK 11 6 l642 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 since my friend has come to me from the road, and I do not have anything to serve to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ 1 since The speaker uses the word **since** to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου 1 since The speaker uses the word **since** to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking. My friend” or “I am asking because my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-metonymy παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με 1 my friend has come to me from the road The speaker uses the term **road** to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 6 zp7j figs-hyperbole ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἔσωθεν ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply from inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 11 7 l646 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται 1 The door has already been shut If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 7 vhf7 figs-hyperbole οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -1873,28 +1873,28 @@ LUK 11 13 aww7 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ
LUK 11 14 uyu1 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 11 14 afa8 figs-explicit ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν 1 he was driving out a mute demon The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 14 l6cg writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon **had gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 11 14 p72b figs-ellipsis τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος 1 when the demon had gone out Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had **gone out**. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 11 14 tnq3 ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός 1 the mute man spoke Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
LUK 11 15 y6zi figs-metonymy ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 By Beelzebul These people are using the name of this chief demon to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 15 l659 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul **Beelzebul** is the name of the supposed ruler of the demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 16 r519 writing-pronouns ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες 1 others tested him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 11 16 r519 writing-pronouns ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες 1 others tested him The pronoun **{him}** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 11 16 l660 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven Luke uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 16 x9fw figs-explicit σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him a sign from heaven The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 17 l661 figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms **divided** and **is made desolate**. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 17 e36g figs-metonymy βασιλεία 1 kingdom Jesus uses the term **kingdom** to refer to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 17 l662 figs-ellipsis οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 house against house falls Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of **divided** can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 11 17 rc4h figs-metonymy οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 house against house falls The term **house** refers to the people of a family who live in the same **house**. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 17 ze6p figs-metaphor πίπτει 1 falls This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 17 ze6p figs-metaphor πίπτει 1 falls This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “will ruin the family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 18 jd5t figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 11 18 l663 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand? Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 18 l666 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 19 i48v figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 11 19 l667 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
LUK 11 19 l668 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 19 l668 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out? The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 19 l669 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 19 l670 figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 19 bs8x figs-explicit αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1926,11 +1926,11 @@ LUK 11 25 l681 figs-explicit εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κ
LUK 11 26 wqq4 figs-nominaladj γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last things of that man become worse than the first things Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **{things}** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 11 26 l682 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου 1 that man Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 11 27 m86m writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 27 pk7m figs-idiom ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 11 27 l683 figs-hendiadys ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said **Lifting up her voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 27 pk7m figs-idiom ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The idiom **lifting up {her} voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 11 27 l683 figs-hendiadys ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The phrase **lifting up {her} voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 27 vjt7 figs-synecdoche μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας 1 Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 11 27 l684 μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας 1 Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
LUK 11 28 c7e8 μενοῦν, μακάριοι 1 Rather, blessed are Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more blessed. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
LUK 11 28 c7e8 μενοῦν, μακάριοι 1 Rather, blessed are Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more **blessed**. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
LUK 11 28 l685 οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες 1 the ones who hear the word of God and keep it Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
LUK 11 28 c3f2 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Jesus uses the term **word** to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 29 cf2t figs-explicit τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων 1 as the crowds were increasing If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what these **crowds** were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1972,16 +1972,16 @@ LUK 11 34 l700 figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Jesus is speaking to the
LUK 11 34 rm2n figs-exmetaphor ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν 1 When your eye is healthy, your whole body is also illuminated Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 34 td49 figs-exmetaphor ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν 1 But when it is bad, your body is also dark Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 34 l701 ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 But when it is bad In this context, Jesus is using the term **evil** to contrast with **healthy**, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
LUK 11 35 z96u figs-exmetaphor σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν 1 beware that the light that is in you is not darkness Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “It would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 35 z96u figs-exmetaphor σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν 1 beware that the light that is in you is not darkness Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 36 g336 figs-simile ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε 1 it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with its brightness illuminates you Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 11 37 h6zz writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι 1 and when he had spoken Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “and when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 37 h6zz writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι 1 and when he had spoken Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 37 l702 ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee asks him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
LUK 11 37 l703 writing-participants Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “he wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 39 l704 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you Pharisees always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-abstractnouns τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is full of greed and evil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ LUK 11 44 l709 figs-gendernotations καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περ
LUK 11 44 h9x7 figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 44 l710 figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει 1 answering … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 45 u1vv writing-participants τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 11 45 l713 translate-unknown τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers See how you translated “lawyer” in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 45 l714 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@ -2019,16 +2019,16 @@ LUK 11 48 drs1 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖ
LUK 11 48 l718 figs-gendernotations τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 your fathers Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 11 48 l719 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 you are building The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 49 by5w διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason The expression **Because of this** refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God said Jesus speaks of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom said” or “God wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God said Jesus speaks of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom also said” or “God also wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 11 49 lda4 figs-explicit ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 49 w1fh figs-hendiadys ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 kill and persecute Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-explicit ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that … may be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that … may be required from this generation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for the blood of all the prophets that people shed from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **{the} blood of Abel … {the} blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 11 51 l725 translate-names Ἂβελ 1 Abel **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ LUK 11 53 mld3 writing-endofstory κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐ
LUK 11 54 mr32 figs-metaphor ἐνεδρεύοντες αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 lying in wait for him to trap something from his mouth Luke speaks of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 54 l729 figs-metonymy τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 something from his mouth Luke describes what Jesus was saying by association with his **mouth**, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 intro jun3 0 # Luke 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1–12)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13–21)<br>3. Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22–34)<br>4. Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35–59)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit”<br><br>Jesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if people happen to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### Servants<br><br>God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34–40.<br><br>### Division<br><br>Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49–53.
LUK 12 1 en8g writing-newevent ἐν οἷς 1 In those times Luke uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to [11:54](../11/54.md). Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 12 1 en8g writing-newevent ἐν οἷς 1 In those times Luke uses the word **When** to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to [11:54](../11/54.md). Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 12 1 c8yk grammar-connect-time-background ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 when myriads of the crowd were gathered together Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 12 1 l730 translate-unknown μυριάδων 1 myriads The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 1 l734 τοῦ ὄχλου 1 of the crowd In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ LUK 12 1 l735 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθεισῶν 1 were gathered
LUK 12 1 ybz9 figs-hyperbole ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 so that they trampled on each other This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
LUK 12 1 f5b9 figs-metaphor προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις 1 Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 1 l736 translate-unknown ζύμης 1 yeast **Yeast** is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 1 l736 translate-unknown ζύμης 1 yeast The word **yeast** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 2 m1ti grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But **But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
LUK 12 2 e5w4 figs-parallelism οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 2 l737 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -2069,12 +2069,12 @@ LUK 12 4 m6t7 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου 1 But I
LUK 12 4 l743 figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα 1 the body Jesus speaks about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 4 vc8j μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι 1 do not have anything more to do Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who … has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 after having killed Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 after having killed Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “who, after a person dies, has authority”
LUK 12 5 l744 translate-names Γέενναν 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 12 5 ric8 figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Gehenna Jesus uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 6 l745 figs-activepassive οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 6 czr7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο? 1 Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria? Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 6 u697 translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows **Sparrows** are small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what **sparrows** are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 6 u697 translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows The word **sparrows** refers to small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what **sparrows** are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 6 l746 translate-bmoney ἀσσαρίων δύο 1 two assaria The word **assaria** is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
LUK 12 6 mru1 figs-activepassive ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten before God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 6 l747 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not one of them is forgotten before God If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ LUK 12 6 l748 figs-metaphor ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπι
LUK 12 7 m833 figs-activepassive καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 7 l749 figs-synecdoche καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered Jesus is using one small part of a person, the **hairs** on the **head**, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 12 7 l750 figs-you τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν 1 your head Although **head** is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, **your** is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 12 7 l751 ἠρίθμηνται 1 numbered The word **numbered** can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
LUK 12 7 l751 πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 numbered The word **numbered** can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “have all been counted”
LUK 12 7 shk3 figs-explicit μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε 1 Do not fear, you are more valuable than many sparrows The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 8 xzh3 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
LUK 12 8 d1cs figs-explicit πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 everyone who confesses me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ LUK 12 8 l753 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is
LUK 12 8 m5ek figs-123person καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the Son of Man will also confess him Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 12 8 l754 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 8 l755 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 before the angels Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 9 fu3j figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the one who denies me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone who **denies** might say. Alternate translation: “whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 9 fu3j figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the one who denies me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone **having denied** might have said. Alternate translation: “but whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 9 l756 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 before men Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 9 l757 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 12 9 x27t figs-activepassive ἀπαρνηθήσεται 1 will be denied If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2109,8 +2109,8 @@ LUK 12 12 gz6v figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Jesus i
LUK 12 13 i2vi writing-participants εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ 1 Then someone from the crowd said to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 12 13 l762 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 12 13 d1dj figs-explicit μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to divide the inheritance with me In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 14 i8sm ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Here Jesus is using the impersonal term **man** to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in [12:4](../12/04.md). He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
LUK 12 14 hmn6 figs-rquestion τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 14 i8sm ἄνθρωπε 1 Man Here Jesus is using the impersonal term **Man** to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in [12:4](../12/04.md). He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
LUK 12 14 hmn6 figs-rquestion τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 14 l763 figs-doublet κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν 1 a judge or a mediator These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 12 14 l764 figs-hendiadys κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν 1 a judge or a mediator Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term **mediator** may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a **judge**, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 12 14 l765 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς 1 you The term **you** refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ LUK 12 17 l768 figs-hyperbole ποῦ 1 anywhere This is a generalization for em
LUK 12 18 l769 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 he said, ‘I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and goods’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 12 18 d82f translate-unknown τὰς ἀποθήκας 1 barns The term **barns** describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with **barns**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 my goods Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “he told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche τῇ ψυχῇ μου 1 my soul The man addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 12 20 l771 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 12 20 l772 figs-nominaladj ἄφρων 1 Foolish one God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ LUK 12 33 l789 figs-parallelism βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα,
LUK 12 33 xb63 translate-unknown βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what **purses** are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 33 am8q figs-metonymy βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out Jesus is describing valuable things that will last by reference to **purses** or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of **unfailing treasure** right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 33 h6qw θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον 1 unfailing treasure You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
LUK 12 33 t1fb figs-metonymy ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει 1 where thief does not come near Jesus speaks of a thief **coming near** to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 33 t1fb figs-metonymy ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει 1 where thief does not come near Jesus speaks of a thief coming **near** to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 33 e2nj figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει 1 nor moth destroy Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 12 33 u258 translate-unknown σὴς 1 moth A **moth** is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a **moth** is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 34 ad29 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 where your treasure is, there your heart will be also Jesus speaks of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ LUK 12 35 l794 figs-you ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περι
LUK 12 35 lh96 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι 1 and the lamps kept burning If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 35 l795 figs-explicit καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι 1 and the lamps kept burning The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 36 l796 figs-simile ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις 1 you be like men waiting This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 12 36 mhg8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις 1 you be like men waiting The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 36 mhg8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις 1 you be like men waiting The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 36 l797 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 12 36 l798 πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων 1 when he returns from the wedding Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
LUK 12 36 l799 translate-unknown κρούσαντος 1 knocks See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2210,8 +2210,8 @@ LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 i
LUK 12 38 qa35 translate-unknown κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ 1 or even in the third watch The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 38 l803 καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 1 and finds them thus, blessed are those Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
LUK 12 39 l804 τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε 1 But understand this Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
LUK 12 39 l805 figs-parables εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης 1 if the owner of the house had known To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 12 39 l806 figs-hypo εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται 1 if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 12 39 l805 figs-parables τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης 1 if the owner of the house had known To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 12 39 l806 figs-hypo τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται 1 if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 12 39 v73u figs-idiom ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ 1 at which hour Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 12 39 ej9m figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 39 ej9q figs-hypo οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -2273,9 +2273,9 @@ LUK 12 52 fln4 figs-ellipsis τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο
LUK 12 52 l830 figs-parallelism τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 53 qr7s figs-activepassive διαμερισθήσονται 1 They will be divided If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 53 l831 figs-parallelism πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί 1 father against son, and son against father These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 53 l832 figs-parallelism μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 mother against her daughter, and daughter against her mother These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 53 l833 figs-parallelism πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν 1 mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 54 i84z figs-explicit ὅταν ἴδητε νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν 1 a cloud rising in the west **A cloud rising** in this direction would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the **west**. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 53 l832 figs-parallelism μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 mother against her daughter, and daughter against her mother These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 53 l833 figs-parallelism πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν 1 mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 54 i84z figs-explicit νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν 1 a cloud rising in the west A **cloud rising** in the west would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the **west**. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 54 d3gk figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται 1 you say, ‘A shower is coming’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 12 54 l834 καὶ γίνεται οὕτως 1 and it happens thus Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
LUK 12 55 gq22 figs-explicit νότον πνέοντα 1 a south wind is blowing Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the **south**. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ LUK 12 58 y75j figs-hypo ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντ
LUK 12 58 l838 figs-parables ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going … your … you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 12 58 t4v8 translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου 1 your adversary In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 58 e7hz translate-unknown ἄρχοντα 1 the magistrate **Magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 58 e7hz translate-unknown ἄρχοντα 1 the magistrate A **magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 58 b7sh figs-activepassive ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be released from him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 58 l839 translate-unknown τὸν κριτήν 1 the judge The term **the judge** refers to the same person as the **magistrate**, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 58 l840 translate-unknown τῷ πράκτορι 1 the officer In the context of the story, the term **the officer** refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2298,14 +2298,14 @@ LUK 12 59 l841 figs-youcrowd λέγω σοι 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is
LUK 12 59 i124 translate-bmoney καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν 1 the very last lepton A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
LUK 13 intro xaa2 0 # Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
LUK 13 1 t1fi grammar-connect-time-background δέ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 13 1 l842 writing-participants παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ 1 some were present at that time who were reporting to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ 1 at that time This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 1 l842 writing-participants παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ 1 some were present at that time who were reporting to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ 1 at that time This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 1 l843 figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 1 fj2c figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 1 l844 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 1 l845 translate-names Πειλᾶτος 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of a man; he was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). His name occurs many times later in the book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 13 2 l846 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 2 zfa8 figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι 1 Do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 2 zfa8 figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι οὗτοι, ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν? 1 Do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the Galileans because they suffered this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 2 l847 ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους 1 more sinful than all the Galileans Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
LUK 13 2 l848 ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν 1 they suffered this Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
LUK 13 3 xl6m οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 No, I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ LUK 13 3 a3ez figs-explicit πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε 1 yo
LUK 13 4 hj5w ἢ ἐκεῖνοι 1 Or those Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
LUK 13 4 e2s8 figs-nominaladj ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ 1 those 18 Jesus is using the adjective **18** (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 13 4 p6r8 translate-names Σιλωὰμ 1 Siloam **Siloam** is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 13 4 vg9j figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι 1 do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 4 vg9j figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι αὐτοὶ ὀφειλέται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰερουσαλήμ? 1 do you think that Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that they were worse debtors than all the men residing in Jerusalem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 4 at9i figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται 1 debtors This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 4 l849 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 13 5 m77t οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 No, I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
@ -2324,10 +2324,10 @@ LUK 13 6 x42j figs-activepassive συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμ
LUK 13 6 l851 translate-unknown συκῆν 1 a fig tree A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 6 l852 writing-background ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 13 6 l853 figs-go ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 he came seeking fruit on it Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
LUK 13 7 l854 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 7 l854 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 7 l855 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 7 hg35 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 Why is it even idling the ground? The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 idling the ground The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it … keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 idling the ground The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it even keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 8 pm3j ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 But answering he says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
LUK 13 8 l857 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 1 answering he says Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leave it this year also Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
@ -2340,40 +2340,40 @@ LUK 13 11 l858 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** t
LUK 13 11 wn7u writing-participants γυνὴ 1 a woman Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 13 11 hqj5 πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας 1 having a spirit of weakness Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
LUK 13 11 l859 figs-nominaladj εἰς τὸ παντελές 1 to the complete Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **Woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 12 h6ne figs-declarative ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 13 12 l29y figs-activepassive γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 13 k3k1 figs-activepassive ἀνωρθώθη 1 she was straightened up If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 14 l861 ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι 1 There are six days in which it is necessary to work Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
LUK 13 14 ai1f figs-activepassive ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε 1 come and be healed on them If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 the day of the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
LUK 13 15 l862 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 13 15 k7p8 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη…αὐτῷ…καὶ εἶπεν 1 answered him and said Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 15 u6zr figs-explicit ὑποκριταί 1 Hypocrites Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 15 xt5y figs-rquestion ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει 1 Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 15 xt5y figs-rquestion ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει? 1 Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties his ox or donkey from the stall and leads it away to drink.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 15 ha7b translate-unknown τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον 1 his ox or donkey These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an **ox** or a **donkey** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 15 kbj4 τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
LUK 13 16 br72 figs-metaphor θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ 1 a daughter of Abraham Jesus is using the word **daughter** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 euq2 figs-metaphor ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 whom Satan bound Jesus speaks of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 l863 figs-metonymy ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan Jesus calls the evil spirit **Satan** by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 16 mh31 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 behold, for 18 years Jesus uses the term **behold** to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 g5b7 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? 1 ought she not to have been released Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 16 g5b7 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? 1 ought she not to have been released Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her from this bond on the day of the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 16 l864 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου 1 from this bond Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 l865 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 on the day of the Sabbath Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
LUK 13 17 l866 figs-activepassive κατῃσχύνοντο 1 were put to shame If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 17 r1jn figs-activepassive τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the glorious things that were being done by him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 18 wdq9 figs-parallelism τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν 1 What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 13 18 ua3y figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? 1 What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it? Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 18 ua3y figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν? 1 What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it? Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 18 l867 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 What is the kingdom of God like See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 13 19 l868 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 19 l869 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 took and threw into his garden In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 took and threw into his garden In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “and planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 19 avk2 figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ 1 the birds of the sky nested in its branches In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
LUK 13 20 hn4n figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 20 l870 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 13 20 l870 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 13 21 ub44 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ 1 It is like yeast This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 13 21 l871 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ 1 It is like yeast This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 13 21 l872 translate-unknown ζύμῃ 1 yeast See how you translated **yeast** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ LUK 13 23 l874 writing-participants εἶπεν…τις αὐτῷ 1 someone sa
LUK 13 23 l875 figs-idiom εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? 1 if the ones who are being saved are few? This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 23 yf6h figs-activepassive εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι? 1 if the ones who are being saved are few? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 23 l876 figs-explicit ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said to them The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 24 i39q figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας 1 Struggle to enter through the narrow door Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 24 i39q figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας 1 Struggle to enter through the narrow door Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “Work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 24 l877 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
LUK 13 24 l878 figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many … will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2394,12 +2394,12 @@ LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will beg
LUK 13 25 l879 figs-quotesinquotes κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 25 jqh7 translate-unknown κρούειν τὴν θύραν 1 knock on the door See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 25 l880 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 13 25 l881 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ 1 will answer and say Together the two words **answer** and **say** mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “will respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 25 l881 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ 1 will answer and say Together the two words **answer** and **say** mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “he will respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 25 l882 figs-quotesinquotes ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 he will answer and say to you, ‘I do not know you, where you are from’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 25 l883 figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 13 25 l884 figs-parallelism οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 13 26 l885 figs-quotesinquotes ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας 1 you will begin to say, ‘We ate and drank in your sight, and you taught in our streets’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 26 l886 figs-metaphor ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 we ate and drank before you Here, **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “you were with us when we ate and drank” or “we ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 26 l886 figs-metaphor ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 we ate and drank before you Here, **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “You were with us when we ate and drank” or “We ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 26 l887 figs-merism ἐφάγομεν…καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 ate and drank The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
LUK 13 26 l888 figs-you σου 1 you Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun **you** would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, **you taught**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 13 26 l889 figs-exclusive ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν 1 in our streets Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ LUK 13 31 l7fe figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖνα
LUK 13 32 l904 figs-quotesinquotes πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ 1 Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 32 l905 translate-unknown τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 32 af7k figs-metaphor τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox Jesus is referring to Herod as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 32 l906 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 32 l906 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 32 l907 figs-idiom ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 32 l908 figs-synecdoche ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 13 32 l909 figs-explicit ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ LUK 13 33 p9za πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι 1 Nevertheless, it
LUK 13 33 l912 figs-idiom σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ 1 today, and tomorrow, and the following day This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 33 nbk7 figs-irony οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
LUK 13 34 cac7 figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem, Jerusalem Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
LUK 13 34 l913 figs-parallelism ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 13 34 l913 figs-parallelism ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “you who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 13 34 l914 figs-personification ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 13 34 gb6w figs-metonymy ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 34 l915 figs-123person ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ LUK 14 4 x4lq writing-pronouns ἐπιλαβόμενος 1 taking hold of him Al
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 14 6 cti5 καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα 1 And they were not able to give an answer to these things Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 14 7 u86b figs-parables ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν 1 he was speaking a parable In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who were invited If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2505,17 +2505,17 @@ LUK 14 10 l943 translate-unknown ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε
LUK 14 10 ck9k figs-metaphor προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον 1 come up higher The host speaks of the more important places at the feast being **higher** than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 10 h5ee figs-idiom ἔσται σοι δόξα 1 there will be honor to you This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 14 10 l944 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον 1 before all those reclining to eat with you Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 11 i5e7 ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 who exalts himself Alternate translation: “who tries to look important” or “who takes an important position”
LUK 14 11 i5e7 ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 who exalts himself Alternate translation: “the one who tries to look important” or “everyone who takes an important position”
LUK 14 11 zrs1 figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 11 dk2c ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 the one who humbles himself Alternate translation: “who chooses to look unimportant” or “who takes an unimportant position”
LUK 14 11 dk2c ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν 1 the one who humbles himself Alternate translation: “the one who chooses to look unimportant” or “everyone who takes an unimportant position”
LUK 14 11 eki7 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 the one who had invited him Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 the one who had invited him Alternate translation: “to the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
LUK 14 12 v4uk figs-you ὅταν ποιῇς 1 when you make Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12–14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 14 12 gmh6 figs-hyperbole μὴ φώνει 1 do not invite Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers … your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 12 l946 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 14 12 l947 μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 lest they also invite you in return Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 and repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 and repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “they would repay you”
LUK 14 13 uc5f κάλει 1 invite It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 14 14 vpt9 figs-activepassive μακάριος ἔσῃ 1 you will be blessed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ LUK 14 24 l966 μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 my supper By this expression, th
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 14 25 gv94 writing-newevent συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 large crowds were journeying with him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 14 26 l968 figs-idiom εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, 1 If anyone comes to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 14 26 l985 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 14 26 rmt8 figs-hyperbole οὐ μισεῖ 1 does not hate Jesus is using the word **hate** as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ LUK 14 29 qj4i figs-explicit ἵνα μήποτε 1 Otherwise If it would be hel
LUK 14 29 axc7 translate-unknown θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον 1 when he has laid a foundation See how you translated the word **foundation** in [6:48](../06/48.md). Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 29 ym3a figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι 1 and is not able to finish The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 14 29 l974 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες 1 all who see it This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 14 30 l975 figs-gendernotations οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man Since Jesus addresses his question in [14:28](../14/28.md) to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “this person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 14 30 l975 figs-gendernotations οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man Since Jesus addresses his question in [14:28](../14/28.md) to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “This person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 14 30 l976 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The word **and** introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 14 31 vp3u figs-rquestion ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν? 1 Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 14 31 l977 figs-hypo ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται 1 Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine figs-hypo Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ LUK 14 32 p5h6 τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things for peace Alternate
LUK 14 33 is32 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 14 33 f2he ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν 1 who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
LUK 14 34 tz7c figs-parables καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας 1 Salt then is good To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt … is made tasteless If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt … is made tasteless If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 34 l980 figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται 1 with what will it be seasoned If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 34 cz52 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται? 1 with what will it be seasoned? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 14 35 bp1b translate-unknown εἰς κοπρίαν 1 for the manure pile See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ LUK 15 2 ec2r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one This expression implicitly me
LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 he spoke this parable to them Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then would you not certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@ LUK 15 12 m000 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσί
LUK 15 12 m001 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 12 r2q7 διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον 1 he distributed his livelihood to them Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
LUK 15 13 m002 figs-litotes οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας 1 not many days This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 15 13 lu69 συναγαγὼν πάντα 1 gathered everything together Alternate translation: “packed all of his things”
LUK 15 13 lu69 συναγαγὼν πάντα 1 gathered everything together Alternate translation: “having packed all of his things”
LUK 15 13 ew56 ἀσώτως 1 recklessly Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
LUK 15 14 z99l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And**to introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 15 14 kpb8 ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 a severe famine happened throughout that country Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ LUK 15 19 aug2 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθ
LUK 15 19 m010 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 15 19 up55 figs-imperative ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 15 20 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 20 m011 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 he got up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 15 20 m011 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 he got up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “leaving that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 15 20 za3c ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος 1 while he was still far away This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
LUK 15 20 a7ls figs-activepassive ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 was moved with compassion If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 15 20 z7p3 translate-symaction ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 fell upon his neck, and kissed him The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -2681,13 +2681,13 @@ LUK 15 21 m014 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** means
LUK 15 21 qxg5 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 15 21 m015 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 15 22 m016 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας 1 But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring … clothe … put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring … clothe … put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe … a ring … sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 15 22 b3hv figs-metaphor στολὴν τὴν πρώτην 1 the first robe As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 22 m018 figs-synecdoche δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ 1 put a ring on his hand The father says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 15 22 xat6 translate-unknown ὑποδήματα 1 sandals In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore **sandals**. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 15 23 m019 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 And bring the fattened calf, slaughter it, and let us eat and celebrate If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring … slaughter Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring … slaughter Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 15 23 ll8j translate-unknown μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 15 23 t3cu figs-explicit θύσατε 1 kill In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 15 23 m021 figs-hendiadys φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ LUK 15 24 m023 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νε
LUK 15 24 ubz3 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν 1 this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life The father says that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 24 izx2 figs-metaphor ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he was lost, and has been found The father says that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 24 m024 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη 1 he has been found If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 15 24 m025 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι 1 And they began to celebrate **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. Alternate translation: “Then they began to celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 24 m025 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι 1 And they began to celebrate **Then** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 25 jd7l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 15 25 bk6d figs-explicit ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 was in the field The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 15 25 m026 figs-explicit ὡς ἐρχόμενος 1 as he came Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2709,10 +2709,10 @@ LUK 15 27 m031 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσ
LUK 15 27 m032 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 your father has killed the fattened calf The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 15 27 r8py translate-unknown τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf See how you translated this term in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 15 27 m033 ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 because he has received him in good health Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
LUK 15 28 m034 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν 1 and his father came out and entreated him Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 28 m034 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν 1 and his father came out and entreated him Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 15 29 m035 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ 1 But answering he said to his father, ‘Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 29 m036 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 15 29 m037 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The older son uses **behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 29 m036 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 15 29 m037 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The older son uses **Behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 29 f8w9 figs-metaphor δουλεύω σοι 1 I am slaving for you To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 15 29 m038 figs-doublenegatives οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον 1 I have never disregarded your command If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 15 29 d2t6 figs-hyperbole οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον 1 I have never disregarded your command To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says **never**. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ LUK 15 30 vf31 translate-unknown τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 the fa
LUK 15 31 b5s3 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν 1 But he said to him, ‘Child, you are always with me, and all my things are yours’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 31 m042 τέκνον 1 Child The father is using the word **Child** as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
LUK 15 31 m043 σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ 1 you are always with me Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
LUK 15 32 m044 figs-quotesinquotes εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει…ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 32 m044 figs-quotesinquotes εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 15 32 m045 figs-hendiadys εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι 1 celebrate and rejoice The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 15 32 c35s ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος 1 this brother of yours The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
LUK 15 32 due5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν 1 this brother of yours was dead, and lived See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ LUK 16 4 m053 figs-quotesinquotes ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅτα
LUK 16 4 xxe2 figs-activepassive ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας 1 when I am removed from the management If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 4 m054 writing-pronouns δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 they will welcome me into their houses By **they**, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 16 4 m4za figs-metonymy δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 they will welcome me into their houses The expression **welcome me into their houses** likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 5 rze8 τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ 1 the debtors of his master Alternate translation: “the people who were in debt to his master” or “the people who owed things to his master”
LUK 16 5 rze8 τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ 1 the debtors of his master Alternate translation: “of the people who were in debt to his master” or “of the people who owed things to his master”
LUK 16 5 m055 figs-nominaladj τῷ πρώτῳ 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 16 5 m056 figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου? 1 he said to the first, ‘How much do you owe to my master?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 6 xp6d figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου 1 And he said, ‘100 baths of olive oil’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -2769,7 +2769,7 @@ LUK 16 7 m062 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill See ho
LUK 16 7 tn17 translate-bvolume ὀγδοήκοντα 1 80 If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LUK 16 8 nfz3 φρονίμως ἐποίησεν 1 he had acted shrewdly Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
LUK 16 8 a1yq figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The expression **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 16 8 m063 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age The term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 8 m063 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age The term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 8 lvx7 figs-metaphor τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς 1 the sons of light The expression **sons of** is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 8 m064 figs-metaphor τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς 1 the sons of light The term **light** is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 8 m065 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 in their own generation Jesus speaks of **the sons of this age** as if they had all been born in the same **generation**. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ LUK 16 15 m071 translate-unknown βδέλυγμα 1 is an abomination The term *
LUK 16 15 m072 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 16 m566 figs-merism ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The Law and the Prophets Jesus is referring to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
LUK 16 16 a2ra μέχρι 1 were until Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
LUK 16 16 b78c figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 John Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 16 b78c figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 John Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to **John** the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 16 mrl3 figs-activepassive ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται 1 the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 16 m073 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 16 16 m074 figs-hyperbole πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται 1 everyone is forcing their way into it Jesus says that people have been **forcing their way** into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -2817,8 +2817,8 @@ LUK 16 18 j8fn πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ
LUK 16 18 i544 μοιχεύει 1 commits adultery Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
LUK 16 18 sq24 ὁ…γαμῶν 2 the one who marries Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
LUK 16 18 m078 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν 1 one divorced from her husband If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 19 kd1x figs-parables δέ 1 Now Jesus uses the term **now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος…τις ἦν πλούσιος 1 there was a certain rich man This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 16 19 kd1x figs-parables δέ 1 Now Jesus uses the term **Now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος 1 there was a certain rich man This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 16 19 fu76 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον 1 and he was putting on purple and fine linen Jesus is using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 16 19 m079 figs-metonymy πορφύραν 1 purple Jesus uses the term **purple** to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 19 z8v5 translate-unknown βύσσον 1 The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ LUK 16 20 ax4v figs-explicit πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 at h
LUK 16 20 ex57 εἱλκωμένος 1 afflicted with sores It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
LUK 16 21 i2fn figs-activepassive ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων 1 longing to be fed from the things falling If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 21 vnk5 ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι 1 But even the dogs were coming Jesus uses the word **even** to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
LUK 16 21 xby9 figs-explicit οἱ κύνες 1 the dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 21 xby9 figs-explicit οἱ κύνες 1 the dogs The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 22 y7pb writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 16 22 hrm6 figs-activepassive ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 he was carried away by the angels If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 22 r2k1 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ 1 to the bosom of Abraham The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ LUK 16 24 rc6p figs-hyperbole βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλο
LUK 16 24 rc6x figs-hyperbole καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου 1 and cool my tongue The rich man is describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his **tongue** feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 16 24 qix8 figs-activepassive ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am tormented in this flame If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **child** to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **Child** to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 likewise Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
LUK 16 25 hwc8 figs-nominaladj τὰ κακά 1 the bad Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ LUK 17 3 kkp3 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Jesus is u
LUK 17 3 m107 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 17 3 p35i ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 rebuke him Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
LUK 17 3 m108 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ 1 and if he repents, forgive him Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
LUK 17 4 k5va figs-idiom ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις 1 seven times in the day, and seven times The number **seven** in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 4 m109 τῆς ἡμέρας 1 in the day Alternate translation: “in the same day”
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you … you … you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ LUK 17 6 m116 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔχετε πίστ
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had … you would say … you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 17 6 m118 translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ 1 mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to this firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 6 m119 figs-quotesinquotes ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 you would say to this mulberry tree, ‘Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 6 ky7z figs-activepassive ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 6 g53n figs-idiom ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν 1 it would listen to you Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -2924,16 +2924,16 @@ LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχω
LUK 17 7 m120 figs-hypo τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’? Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 7 m121 figs-quotesinquotes εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε 1 will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 7 va34 figs-explicit δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα 1 a servant plowing or tending sheep It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 7 m122 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “sit down to eat” or “sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 7 m122 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “and sit down to eat” or “and sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated these phrases in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “and then, after you have served me”
LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “No.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant … does he”
LUK 17 9 a1fm figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded you If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 10 m129 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do.’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -2943,8 +2943,8 @@ LUK 17 10 m132 ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1
LUK 17 11 g442 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 17 11 f5rk ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 in the journeying to Jerusalem Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
LUK 17 11 m133 writing-background αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας 1 he was passing through between Samaria and Galilee Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 17 12 d9mg writing-participants ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες 1 ten men who were lepers met him Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 17 12 i1sc figs-explicit οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 who stood at a distance The **lepers** were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 12 d9mg writing-participants ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 ten men who were lepers met him Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him, standing far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 17 12 i1sc figs-explicit ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 who stood at a distance The **lepers** were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make **who stood at a distance** a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “ten leprous men met him. They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 13 l1j4 figs-idiom αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 13 m134 αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
LUK 17 13 fsn5 figs-imperative ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 have mercy on us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@ -2984,19 +2984,19 @@ LUK 17 21 m153 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 ‘Behold, h
LUK 17 21 m154 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 17 21 xj7z figs-you ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 17 21 xpi7 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 17 22 x3y2 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε 1 The days will come when Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 22 x3y2 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε 1 The days will come when Jesus is using the term **Days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 22 v2i3 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν 1 you will desire to see Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 22 ly8x figs-metonymy μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 one of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using his title **the Son of Man** to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 17 22 m155 figs-synecdoche μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 one of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using one of these **days** to refer to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 17 22 z11c figs-123person τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 17 22 m156 figs-explicit τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 22 x7sq figs-idiom καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε 1 but you will not see it Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “people will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 23 m157 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold … Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 17 23 m159 figs-doublet μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 24 m160 ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
LUK 17 24 m160 ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
LUK 17 24 i5rz figs-simile ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 17 24 m161 translate-textvariants οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
LUK 17 24 m162 figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 so will the Son of Man be The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3032,18 +3032,18 @@ LUK 17 30 v9ki figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀπ
LUK 17 30 pfe1 figs-123person ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 in the day the Son of Man is revealed Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 17 30 m178 figs-explicit ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 in the day the Son of Man is revealed See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 31 m179 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 In that day Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 31 i9eq figs-hypo ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them away Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 31 i9eq figs-hypo ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them away Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 31 ep81 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 31 jj9c τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ 1 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
LUK 17 31 m180 figs-explicit μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά 1 let him not go down to take them away The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 31 m181 figs-hypo καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 31 m181 figs-hypo καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “and suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 31 suh5 figs-explicit μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let him not turn to the things behind The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 32 fz8m figs-explicit μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ 1 Remember the wife of Lot Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 32 m182 translate-names Λώτ 1 Lot **Lot** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [17:28](../17/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 17 33 d9fl ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
LUK 17 33 kvw6 ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν 1 but whoever will lose it will preserve it Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
LUK 17 34 j3b6 figs-hypo ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in that night there will be two in one bed Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 34 j3b6 figs-hypo ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in that night there will be two in one bed Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 34 at99 translate-unknown ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in one bed If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 34 m183 figs-hypo ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ LUK 18 1 r26t figs-parables ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖ
LUK 18 2 l2qr λέγων 1 saying If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
LUK 18 2 ph5w writing-participants κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει 1 In a certain city there was a certain judge Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 18 2 d77j writing-background τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος 1 not fearing God and not respecting men Jesus provides this background information about the **judge** to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 18 2 m195 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 18 2 m195 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men Here, Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 18 3 ie2v writing-participants χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was a widow in that city Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 18 3 jhk6 figs-explicit χήρα 1 a widow A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 3 xfg3 ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 she was coming to him Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
@ -3078,14 +3078,14 @@ LUK 18 3 xc7k translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent
LUK 18 4 m197 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 after these things Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
LUK 18 4 m198 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 18 4 m199 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 Even if I do not fear God or respect man The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
LUK 18 4 bh3q figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men The judge is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 18 4 bh3q figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men The judge is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 18 5 m200 figs-quotesinquotes διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 18 5 v9uu παρέχειν μοι κόπον 1 causes me trouble Alternate translation: “bothers me”
LUK 18 5 cf4e figs-metaphor μὴ…ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 she will not beat me up The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 5 ub29 figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη 1 by coming to the end The expression **to the end** is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 5 ub29 figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη 1 by coming to the end The expression **to {the} end** is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 6 m201 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 18 6 t9mg figs-idiom ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει 1 Listen to what the unrighteous judge says **Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 7 t1sk figs-rquestion ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 18 7 t1sk figs-rquestion ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς? 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen, who cry out to him day and night, and he delays long over them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 18 7 e2lv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 7 lrs0 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his elect Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 7 m202 figs-merism τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 the ones crying out to him day and night Jesus is using the phrase **day and night** to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -3114,10 +3114,10 @@ LUK 18 11 z78w figs-explicit ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1
LUK 18 12 m214 figs-quotesinquotes νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 18 12 ru63 figs-idiom ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I tithe all that I acquire To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 13 c37t translate-symaction ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς 1 But the tax collector, standing at a distance This was a sign of humility. The **tax collector** did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 18 13 qtt7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 not even willing to lift his eyes toward heaven The phrase **lift up his eyes** means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 13 qtt7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 not even willing to lift his eyes toward heaven The phrase **lift up {his} eyes** means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 13 m215 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 toward heaven See how you translated the similar expression in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 13 c7x7 translate-symaction ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ 1 but was beating his breast This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “Instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 18 13 c7x7 translate-symaction ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ 1 but was beating his breast This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “but instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “admitting that he was a sinner and asking God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 18 13 mx5p figs-imperative ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 God, have mercy on me, the sinner This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 18 14 m217 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
LUK 18 14 s1yr figs-explicit κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one went down to his house justified rather than that one The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3131,13 +3131,13 @@ LUK 18 14 m221 figs-metaphor ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted Jesus is us
LUK 18 15 m260 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 18 15 abcm writing-pronouns προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη 1 they were bringing even the infants to him Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 18 15 m222 translate-symaction ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται 1 so that he might touch them If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 18 15 kxd9 figs-explicit ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς 1 they were rebuking them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 15 kxd9 figs-explicit ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς 1 they were rebuking them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 16 y3qg writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων 1 But Jesus summoned them, saying Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 18 16 j8x3 figs-verbs ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
LUK 18 16 u7sq figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 18 16 m223 figs-abstractnouns τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 18 17 p5lq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν 1 Truly I say to you, whoever Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
LUK 18 17 m224 figs-abstractnouns δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 18 17 m224 figs-abstractnouns μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 18 17 ar8e figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 like a child If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 18 17 m225 οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 will certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
LUK 18 18 a5qz writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων 1 And a certain ruler asked him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@ -3151,9 +3151,9 @@ LUK 18 21 m5qf figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ
LUK 18 22 e8il ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But Jesus, hearing, said to him Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
LUK 18 22 t2cw ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει 1 One thing is still lacking to you Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
LUK 18 22 d3ar πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον 1 Sell all that you have Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
LUK 18 22 c4s5 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 distribute to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 22 c4s5 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 distribute to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 22 hy6a figs-metaphor δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 come, follow me As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 23 m228 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη 1 But he, hearing these things, became Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 18 23 m228 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη 1 But he, hearing these things, became Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 18 24 m229 translate-textvariants ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Then Jesus, looking at him Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
LUK 18 24 qcm7 figs-exclamations πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται 1 How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 18 24 m230 figs-abstractnouns πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται 1 How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομ
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 31 g4yx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 31 g4yx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 31 m241 figs-idiom ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 we are going up to Jerusalem When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 31 pg4k figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 all the things that have been written by the prophets If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 18 31 ss78 figs-explicit τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the things that have been written by the prophets Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ LUK 18 35 dyf9 writing-participants τυφλός τις 1 a certain blind man Lu
LUK 18 36 t35v τί εἴη τοῦτο 1 what this might be Alternate translation: “what was happening”
LUK 18 37 ckr3 writing-pronouns ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ 1 they reported to him Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 18 37 ku9j translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 Jesus the Nazarene The people call **Jesus** **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 38 u9ct grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 18 38 u9ct grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 18 38 yaj2 ἐβόησεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
LUK 18 38 m250 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 38 ehf6 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ LUK 19 3 m3ux ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστ
LUK 19 3 njt7 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 19 3 m266 figs-explicit οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν 1 he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 19 4 k984 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 19 4 pzr6 translate-unknown συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 19 4 pzr6 translate-unknown συκομορέαν 1 a sycamore tree A **sycamore** is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 19 5 mr51 ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον 1 when he came to the place Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
LUK 19 6 zrw4 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 19 7 mit4 figs-hyperbole πάντες διεγόγγυζον 1 they all complained Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ LUK 19 7 k2cl παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν κα
LUK 19 7 yl4h ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ 1 a sinful man By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
LUK 19 8 m267 translate-symaction σταθεὶς 1 stood At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 19 8 s46z τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 19 8 m268 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Zacchaeus uses **behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 8 m268 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Zacchaeus uses **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 8 m269 Κύριε 1 Lord Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
LUK 19 8 m270 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
LUK 19 8 u2bt ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν 1 I will restore four-fold Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ LUK 19 14 m283 figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες 1 after h
LUK 19 14 m284 figs-quotesinquotes ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 15 g3jp writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 19 15 s9a7 λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν 1 having received the kingdom Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he commanded to be called to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he commanded to be called to him If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -3314,16 +3314,16 @@ LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 yo
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth The king is using the term **mouth** to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow? The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow? The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα 1 taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow See how you translated these expressions in [19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 23 m296 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest? The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 19 23 m297 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The king uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank … with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 put my silver in a bank … with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 19 23 m298 figs-metonymy μου τὸ ἀργύριον 1 my silver The king is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 those standing by The phrase **those standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 those standing by The phrase **the ones standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina … the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
LUK 19 25 m299 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And The word **And** introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ LUK 19 26 m302 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you The king says this to emphasi
LUK 19 26 m303 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 19 26 f5hn figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται 1 to everyone who has, it will be given The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 19 26 m304 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 19 26 ab42 figs-explicit ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away The king means implicitly that a servant **who does not have** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 19 26 ab42 figs-explicit ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away The king means implicitly that a servant **not having** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 19 26 d1g9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 even what he has will be taken away If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 19 27 m305 figs-quotesinquotes πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 27 u44z τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους 1 these enemies of mine Since the enemies were not right there, instead of **these**, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ LUK 19 27 m306 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν μου 1 before me Here, **befo
LUK 19 28 l43i εἰπὼν ταῦτα 1 when he had said these things Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
LUK 19 28 ja5p figs-idiom ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany **Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 29 lj69 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 19 29 m307 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
@ -3370,7 +3370,7 @@ LUK 19 36 lxj5 translate-symaction ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια
LUK 19 36 m320 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks See how you translated **cloaks** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 19 37 ba9e grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
LUK 19 37 t4nk τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the descent of the Mount of Olives Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
LUK 19 37 m321 translate-names τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 37 m321 translate-names τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated this phrase in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “of Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 37 m322 figs-hendiadys χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 to rejoice and praise God The phrase **rejoice and praise** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **rejoice** tells how they began to **praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 19 37 m323 figs-idiom φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 19 37 m324 φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
@ -3442,14 +3442,14 @@ LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to ho
LUK 20 4 m353 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 they reasoned among themselves Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
LUK 20 5 m354 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 6 m356 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men See how you translated **men** in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “will kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 20 7 w2bc figs-quotations ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν 1 they answered that they did not know from where If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -3484,13 +3484,13 @@ LUK 20 15 m368 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the
LUK 20 16 m369 τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους 1 these farmers See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
LUK 20 16 m370 translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 give the vineyard to others See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 20 16 k18g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 20 17 qtb7 translate-symaction ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν 1 But looking at them he said Jesus was **looking at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 20 17 qtb7 translate-symaction ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν 1 But looking at them he said Jesus **looked at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 20 17 m371 figs-quotesinquotes τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 What then is this that is written: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 What then is this that is written Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας? 1 What then is this that is written Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 17 l6l3 figs-activepassive τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 17 bd2f figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that the builders rejected The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 17 bh2r figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 17 bh2r figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner The phrase **{the} head of {the} corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 18 d7n2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 18 n3n5 figs-activepassive συνθλασθήσεται 1 will be broken to pieces If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 18 fdu6 figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ LUK 20 24 j21y translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius See how you transl
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you could see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 24 wt51 figs-metonymy ἐπιγραφήν 1 inscription Jesus is referring to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an **inscription**, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 25 rey9 figs-metonymy ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 give back the things of Caesar to Caesar, and the things of God to God Jesus is referring to the Roman government by the name of **Caesar**, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God to God Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. AT: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God to God Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 20 26 wa3s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος 1 they were not able to take hold of his word Luke says that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 26 m379 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in front of the people Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 27 m380 writing-participants προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 Then some of the Sadducces came Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As i
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3574,14 +3574,13 @@ LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus ass
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham … Isaac … Jacob translate-names
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism Θεὸς…οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living The two phrases **not … of {the} dead** and **of {the} living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 20 39 m410 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 20 40 m411 figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3603,14 +3602,14 @@ LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σο
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 44 m427 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus is using the word **And** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 20 44 m426 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 son Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 45 k3pf grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **Beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “loving to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats … the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 47 m424 figs-metonymy οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus says that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -3657,8 +3656,8 @@ LUK 21 9 msn6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος 1
LUK 21 9 jyh8 figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 21 10 yj1i writing-pronouns τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the word **them** refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 21 10 m436 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 21 10 ms79 figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
LUK 21 10 ax4w figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The term **nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 21 10 ms79 figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The word **Nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
LUK 21 10 ax4w figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The term **Nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 21 10 m437 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 Nation will rise against nation The expression **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 10 e65b figs-ellipsis καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 and kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 21 10 m438 figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -3695,7 +3694,7 @@ LUK 21 18 y7bi figs-synecdoche θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶ
LUK 21 18 m449 θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not **perish**. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
LUK 21 18 m450 figs-metaphor θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται 1 a hair of your head will not at all perish Since Jesus says in [21:16](../21/16.md) that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 21 19 g85h ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν 1 By your endurance Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls The **soul** means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
LUK 21 19 r5zc κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 you will gain your souls Here “soul” means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
LUK 21 20 nqb6 figs-activepassive κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem surrounded by armies If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 20 m451 translate-names Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 21 20 dfy7 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς 1 its desolation is near If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desolation** with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -3707,9 +3706,9 @@ LUK 21 21 m455 οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθω
LUK 21 22 vs2g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 22 m456 figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 to fulfill all the things that have been written If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all the things that have been written Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole τοῦ…πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all the things that have been written Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 21 23 m458 figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 the ones having in the womb This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 the ones nursing This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 the ones nursing This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “to the mothers who are nursing their babies”
LUK 21 23 m459 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 23 m460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 21 23 m461 figs-parallelism ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people If the word **land** means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

170
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
View File

@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν
ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 4 25 gmbd figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br> * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)<br> * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br> * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)<br> * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore**, here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been justified by faith” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since we have been justified by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous” or “since God makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 Here, **for*
ROM 6 16 zim4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 16 h0ar figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that people can be controlled either by their desire to **sin** or a desire to obey God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you are controlled by sinning, leading to death, or you are controlled by obeying God, leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 6 16 gtzd figs-possession ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 6 16 cyct figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** in [verse 15](../06/15.md) and **righteousness** in [verse 13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 16 cyct figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md) and **righteousness** in [verse 13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 16 zfgc grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “resulting in death … resulting to righteousness” or “causing death … causing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 6 16 d8gv figs-explicit εἰς θάνατον 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “leading to spiritual death” or “causing one to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 6 17 xj75 figs-exclamations χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here **thanks be to God** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates Paul’s thankfulness. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating thanks. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπ
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Submission to rulers<br><br>In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)). <br><br>### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”<br><br>In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.”
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Submission to rulers<br><br>In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)). <br><br>### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”<br><br>In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.”
ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις…ἐξουσία…οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2388,59 +2388,126 @@ ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality
ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who can be tempted to sin more easily that mature Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.
ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Alternate translation: “and do not condemn them for their opinions”
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Some people believe God permits them to eat any kind of food.
ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-yousingular σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owned slaves. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the slave or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being **made to stand** instead of falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>In the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει…διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 1 i45s grammar-connect-logic-goal μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Here, **for** indicates that this clause is a purpose clause. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “not for the purpose of passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 14 2 tuf5 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 One person has faith to eat anything **One person** here does not refer to one particular person. It refers to any person who believes he can eat any food without sinning against God. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “One type of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called “the one who is weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 3 pqrp writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς…αὐτὸν προσελάβετο 1 Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one who eats** and **the one who does not eat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has excepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 you, who judges Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 4 vaym figs-metaphor ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 you, who judges Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “Let each person be convinced that he is honoring the Lord by what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here, **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord Alternate translation: “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The **judgment seat** refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written, You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “will have to explain our actions to God”
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 5 x7j2 κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day”
ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day”
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind Paul implies that each person should be **convinced** about what he thinks honors the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let each one be fully convinced in his own mind that what he does honors the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πληροφορείσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let each one be completely certain” or “Let each one fully convince himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. Thy do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἀποθνῄσκομεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ…τῷ Κυρίῳ 2 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν…τὸν ἀδελφόν 2 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες…παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ…ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God”
ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν…κοινὸν…κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and **brother** refers to those who are weak in faith.
ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου…περιπατεῖς…σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil Alternate translation: “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his **kingdom** so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here a **stumbling block** is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Alternate translation: “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to:(1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 18 iqg3 figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 14 19 xxgm figs-metaphor διώκωμεν 1 Here Paul refers to **the things of peace and the things of the building up** as if they were something that people could **pursue**. He is telling Christians to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us commit to doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 19 sfpg figs-possession τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης…καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-metaphor τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, Paul speaks of helping other Christians become more spiritually mature as if one were **building up** a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that help one another grow spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ…κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 zbd1 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν βρώματος 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in [verses 2–6](../14/02.md), [13–17](../14/13.md). See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 r7u3 figs-explicit πάντα μὲν καθαρά 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **things** refers to food and **clean** refers to something that God has permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All foods are indeed permitted by God to be eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 21 mrr4 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ 2 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 21 iq9g figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 21 e1du figs-yousingular σου 1 your Here, **you** is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-yousingular σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself Here, **you** and **yourself** are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 21 k1bn translate-textvariants ἢ σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 your These words are found in some traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ROM 14 21 o6kn figs-activepassive σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that offends him or makes him weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ…ἔχεις…σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause means to keep one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves”
ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ…διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 b6t9 figs-explicit ἐὰν φάγῃ 1 Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br> * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br> * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br> * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br> * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br> * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br> * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br> * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br> * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br> * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br> * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br> * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br> * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br><br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
@ -2582,3 +2649,4 @@ ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean

Can't render this file because it is too large.